1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
36 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
38 #include <sys/types.h>
41 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
48 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
49 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
52 #include "character.h"
55 #include "dispextern.h"
57 #include "termhooks.h"
60 #include "emacs-icon.h"
65 #include "intervals.h"
70 #include "xsettings.h"
72 #include "sysselect.h"
75 #include <X11/Shell.h>
83 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
87 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
88 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
92 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
94 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
95 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
97 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
99 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
100 #if defined USE_MOTIF
101 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
102 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
103 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
106 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
107 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
109 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
110 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
112 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
114 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
115 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
116 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
117 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
119 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
123 #ifndef XtNinitialState
124 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
128 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
131 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
134 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
138 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
141 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
144 static bool any_help_event_p
;
146 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
149 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
153 /* The application context for Xt use. */
154 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
155 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
157 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
158 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
160 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
162 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
163 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
164 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
166 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
168 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
170 static int x_noop_count
;
172 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
174 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
175 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
178 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
179 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
181 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
182 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
185 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
186 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
190 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
195 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
196 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
197 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
198 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
200 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
201 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
202 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
204 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
205 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
206 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
207 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
208 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
211 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
212 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int, bool);
213 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
214 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
215 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
216 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
217 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
218 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
219 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
220 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
221 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
222 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
223 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
224 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
225 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
226 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
227 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
228 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
229 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
230 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
231 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
232 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
234 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
235 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
236 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
237 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
238 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
239 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
240 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
241 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
242 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
244 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
245 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
246 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
247 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
248 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
249 const XEvent
*, int *,
250 struct input_event
*);
251 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
252 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
254 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
255 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
256 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
257 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
258 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
259 static void x_initialize (void);
262 /* Flush display of frame F. */
265 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
267 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
268 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
269 connection may be broken. */
270 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
274 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
279 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
280 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
281 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
282 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
283 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
286 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
289 /***********************************************************************
291 ***********************************************************************/
295 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
296 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
304 struct record event_record
[100];
306 int event_record_index
;
309 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
311 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
312 event_record_index
= 0;
314 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
315 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
316 event_record_index
++;
323 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
325 struct x_display_info
*
326 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
328 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
330 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
331 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
338 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
340 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
341 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
342 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
344 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
348 unsigned int nchildren
;
351 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
358 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
361 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
363 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
364 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
365 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
367 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
371 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
376 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
377 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
378 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
379 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
383 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
385 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
388 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
390 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
392 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
393 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
394 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
395 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
397 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
399 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
400 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
401 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
403 /* return unless necessary */
408 unsigned long n
, left
;
410 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
411 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
412 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
415 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
417 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
427 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
428 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
429 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
434 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
436 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
440 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
442 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
446 /***********************************************************************
447 Starting and ending an update
448 ***********************************************************************/
450 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
451 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
452 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
453 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
454 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
457 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
463 /* Start update of window W. */
466 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
468 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
469 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
471 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
475 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
477 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
478 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
480 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
482 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
483 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
490 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
493 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
495 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
498 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
500 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
503 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
504 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
507 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
510 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
512 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
513 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
514 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
515 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
516 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
517 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
518 ? face_first
->foreground
519 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
520 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
521 ? face_last
->foreground
522 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
523 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
524 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
526 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
529 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
530 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
532 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
533 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
534 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
535 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
536 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
537 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
539 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
542 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
543 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
545 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
546 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
547 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
548 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
549 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
550 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
554 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
555 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
556 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
560 /* End update of window W.
562 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
563 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
565 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
566 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
567 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
569 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
570 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
574 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
575 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
577 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
582 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
583 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
584 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
586 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
588 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
589 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
591 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
597 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
598 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
599 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
600 reset_mouse_highlight (MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
604 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
608 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
610 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
611 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
615 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
621 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
622 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
625 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
628 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
632 /* Clear under internal border if any for non-toolkit builds. */
635 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
637 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
639 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
641 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
642 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
643 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
644 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
645 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
646 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
649 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
650 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
651 x_clear_area (display
, window
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
652 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
658 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
659 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
660 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
661 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
662 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
665 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
669 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
670 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
673 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
674 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
675 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
676 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
677 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
678 overhead is very small. */
683 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
684 && desired_row
->full_width_p
685 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
686 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
688 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
691 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
694 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
695 0, y
, width
, height
);
696 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
697 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
706 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
708 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
709 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
710 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
711 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
712 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
714 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
715 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
717 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
719 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
720 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
721 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
722 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
724 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
726 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
728 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
729 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
738 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
739 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
743 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
745 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
747 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
749 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
751 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
752 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
754 face
->background
, depth
);
758 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
759 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
762 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
763 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
764 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
765 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
768 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
769 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
770 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
774 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
775 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
780 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
783 /***********************************************************************
785 ***********************************************************************/
789 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
790 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
791 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
792 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
793 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
794 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
795 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
796 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
797 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
798 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
799 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
800 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
801 unsigned long *, double, int);
802 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
803 double, int, unsigned long);
804 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
805 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
806 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
807 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
808 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
809 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
811 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
812 int, int, int, int, int, int,
814 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
815 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
816 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
819 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
823 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
827 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
829 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
830 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
831 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
833 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
836 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
840 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
841 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
843 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
844 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
845 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
846 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
847 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
848 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
849 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
851 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
852 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
853 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
855 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
856 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
859 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
860 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
861 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
863 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
864 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
867 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
868 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
870 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
875 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
878 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
883 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
884 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
885 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
887 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
889 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
890 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
892 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
893 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
894 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
896 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
900 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
905 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
906 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
907 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
908 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
910 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
911 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
914 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
915 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
917 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
920 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
924 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
925 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
926 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
929 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
935 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
936 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
940 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
942 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
944 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
947 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
949 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
951 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
952 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
954 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
959 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
961 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
962 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
964 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
965 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
968 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
973 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
976 /* GC must have been set. */
977 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
981 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
982 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
985 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
987 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
988 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
991 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
996 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
997 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1001 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1006 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1008 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1011 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1016 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1019 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1022 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1023 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1025 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1027 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1029 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1030 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1033 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1034 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1035 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1039 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1041 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1043 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1044 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1045 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1049 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1050 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1055 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1058 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1061 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1062 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1063 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1064 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1068 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1069 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1070 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1071 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1072 contains the first component of a composition. */
1075 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1077 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1078 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1079 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1081 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1085 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1086 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1087 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1088 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1089 s
->background_width
,
1090 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1091 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1092 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1094 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1095 || s
->font_not_found_p
1096 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1099 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1100 s
->background_width
,
1101 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1102 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1108 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1111 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1115 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1116 of S to the right of that box line. */
1117 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1118 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1119 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1123 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1125 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1127 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1129 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1130 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1131 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1133 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1138 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1139 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1142 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1143 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1145 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1147 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1148 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1150 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1151 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1152 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1156 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1159 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1162 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1164 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1165 of S to the right of that box line. */
1166 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1167 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1168 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1172 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1173 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1174 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1175 this composition. */
1177 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1178 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1179 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1181 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1182 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1183 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1185 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1189 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1190 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1191 space on the left or right. */
1192 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1194 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1195 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1197 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1198 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1199 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1204 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1209 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1211 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1212 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1213 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1216 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1220 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1221 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1222 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1225 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1226 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1227 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1228 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1229 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1230 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1239 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1240 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1246 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1249 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1251 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1255 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1256 of S to the right of that box line. */
1257 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1258 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1259 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1265 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1267 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1268 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1270 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1273 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1274 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1278 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1279 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1280 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1281 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1282 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1283 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1286 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1288 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1289 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1290 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1296 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1299 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1300 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1302 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1303 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1305 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1306 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1307 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1309 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1310 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1311 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1314 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1315 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1316 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1317 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1318 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1319 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1323 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1327 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1328 cannot be determined. */
1330 static struct frame
*
1331 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1333 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1334 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1337 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1339 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1340 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1341 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1342 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1343 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1344 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1346 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1347 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1348 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1352 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1353 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1354 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1360 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1361 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1362 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1363 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1364 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1365 Value is true if successful. */
1368 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1369 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1371 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1372 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1375 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1378 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1379 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1381 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1383 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1385 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1390 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1391 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1393 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1396 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1398 DPY is the display we are working on.
1400 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1401 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1402 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1403 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1405 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1406 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1408 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1409 we allocated the color or not.
1411 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1414 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1415 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1416 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1426 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1427 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1429 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1433 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1434 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1435 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1437 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1439 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1440 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1442 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1444 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1445 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1447 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1448 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1450 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1451 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1456 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1458 params
[0] = color_name
;
1459 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1460 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1461 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1466 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1468 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1470 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1474 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1478 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1479 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1482 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1487 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1488 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1489 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1491 APP is the application context in which we work.
1493 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1494 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1495 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1497 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1500 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1505 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1507 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1510 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1512 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1513 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1514 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1515 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1516 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1521 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1524 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1525 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1526 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1527 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1529 static const XColor
*
1530 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1532 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1534 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1536 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1537 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1540 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1541 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1542 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1544 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1545 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1547 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1548 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1551 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1552 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1556 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1557 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1560 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1562 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1564 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1567 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1569 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1570 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1571 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1572 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1576 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1580 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1581 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1584 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1586 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1590 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1591 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1592 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1596 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1600 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1603 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1604 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1605 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1606 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1608 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1609 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1610 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1612 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1614 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1616 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1617 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1618 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1619 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1621 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1624 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1628 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1629 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1630 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1631 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1635 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1636 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1637 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1638 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1639 XColor
*cached_color
;
1641 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1642 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1643 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1644 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1645 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1647 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1648 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1649 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1653 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1655 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1656 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1662 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1663 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1664 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1668 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1670 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1671 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1675 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1676 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1677 get color reference counts right. */
1680 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
1684 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1686 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1687 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1689 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1690 register_color (pixel
);
1696 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1699 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1700 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1701 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1702 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1703 use an additional additive factor.
1705 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1706 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1707 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1710 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1711 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1712 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1713 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1714 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1715 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1718 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1719 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1725 /* Get RGB color values. */
1726 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1727 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1729 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1730 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1731 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1732 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1733 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1735 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1736 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1738 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1739 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1740 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1741 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1742 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1744 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1745 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1746 /* The additive adjustment. */
1747 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1751 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1752 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1753 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1757 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1758 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1759 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1763 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1764 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1767 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1769 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1770 delta to the RGB values. */
1771 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1773 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1774 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1775 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1776 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1787 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1788 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1789 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1790 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1791 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1792 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1795 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
1796 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
1799 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1800 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1801 unsigned long pixel
;
1802 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1803 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1804 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1805 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1807 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1808 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1810 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1811 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1812 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1813 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
1815 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1819 /* Allocate new color. */
1820 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1822 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1823 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1824 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1826 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1828 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1830 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1833 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1837 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1840 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1842 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1843 unsigned long color
;
1845 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1846 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1847 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1849 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1850 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1855 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1856 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1857 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1860 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1861 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1863 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1864 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1865 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1866 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1867 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1872 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1873 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1874 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1875 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1876 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1877 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1881 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1882 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1883 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1884 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1886 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1887 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1892 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1894 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1895 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1897 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1898 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1899 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1906 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1907 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1908 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1910 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1911 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1912 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1913 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1920 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1922 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1923 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1925 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1926 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1927 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1928 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1931 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1933 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1935 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1936 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1940 /* Outermost top line. */
1942 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1943 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1944 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1946 /* Outermost left line. */
1948 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1954 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1955 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1956 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1957 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1958 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1959 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1960 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1966 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1967 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1968 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1969 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1970 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1971 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1974 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1978 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
1979 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
1980 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
1981 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
1982 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
1983 rectangle to use when drawing. */
1986 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
1987 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1988 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1992 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
1993 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
1994 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1997 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1998 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2002 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2003 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2006 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2007 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2011 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2012 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2014 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2015 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2019 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2022 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2024 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2025 int left_p
, right_p
;
2026 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2027 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2029 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2030 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2031 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2033 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2034 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2036 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2038 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2039 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2041 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2043 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2045 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2047 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2048 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2050 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2051 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2052 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2054 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2056 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2058 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2059 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2060 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2063 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2064 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2065 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2070 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2073 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2076 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2078 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2079 right of that line. */
2080 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2081 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2083 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2085 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2087 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2088 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2089 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2090 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2096 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2097 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2098 trust on the shape extension to be available
2099 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2101 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2104 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2106 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2107 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2108 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2109 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2110 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2112 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2115 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2116 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2117 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2118 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2120 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2124 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2126 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2129 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2130 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2131 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2132 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2133 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2134 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2136 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2137 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2138 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2139 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2140 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2141 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2142 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2144 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2145 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2146 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2147 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2148 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2153 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2154 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2155 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2159 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2162 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2164 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2167 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2169 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2170 right of that line. */
2171 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2172 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2174 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2176 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2178 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2179 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2180 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2181 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2183 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2184 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2186 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2187 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2191 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2192 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2195 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2196 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2197 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2199 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2200 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2201 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2202 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2203 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2204 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2205 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2206 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2208 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2209 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2210 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2211 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2215 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2218 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2221 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2223 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2224 right of that line. */
2225 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2226 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2228 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2230 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2232 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2233 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2234 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2235 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2241 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2242 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2243 trust on the shape extension to be available
2244 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2246 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2250 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2251 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2252 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2253 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2254 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2256 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2257 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2258 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2259 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2263 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2264 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2265 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2267 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2268 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2269 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2270 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2271 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2272 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2273 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2275 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2276 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2277 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2278 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2283 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2284 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2285 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2289 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2290 give the rectangle to draw. */
2293 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2297 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2298 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2299 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2300 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2303 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2307 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2310 s->x +-------------------------
2313 | +-------------------------
2316 | | +-------------------
2322 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2324 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2325 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2327 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2330 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2331 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2332 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2333 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2335 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2336 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2338 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2339 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2343 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2344 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2348 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2349 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2350 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2351 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2352 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2354 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2355 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2356 s
->background_width
,
2359 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2361 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2363 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2366 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2367 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2368 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2369 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2370 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2371 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2372 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2377 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2379 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2380 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2381 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2382 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2390 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2392 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2394 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2395 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2397 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2400 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2403 /* Draw the foreground. */
2406 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2407 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2408 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2409 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2410 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2413 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2415 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2417 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2418 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2419 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2423 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2426 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2428 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2430 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2431 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2433 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2434 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2435 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2438 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2440 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2444 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2450 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2452 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2454 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2455 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2456 x
+= background_width
;
2458 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2459 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2463 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2465 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2466 if (width
< background_width
)
2469 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2473 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2477 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2478 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2480 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2486 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2487 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2489 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2491 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2492 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2493 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2494 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2499 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2500 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2501 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2502 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2506 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2508 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2509 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2511 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2512 except for header line and mode line. */
2513 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2515 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2518 if (background_width
> 0)
2519 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2522 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2526 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2532 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2537 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2539 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2540 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2541 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2544 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2546 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2550 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2554 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2555 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2556 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2558 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2561 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2563 /* Draw the waves */
2565 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2575 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2580 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2582 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2586 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2587 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2591 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2594 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2596 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2598 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2599 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2600 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2601 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2604 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2606 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2607 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2608 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2609 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2611 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2612 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2613 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2614 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2616 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2617 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2621 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2622 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2624 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2625 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2626 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2627 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2628 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2629 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2632 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2633 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2634 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2635 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2638 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2640 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2641 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2642 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2643 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2644 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2645 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2647 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2649 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2652 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2656 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2660 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2661 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2663 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2664 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2667 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2668 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2669 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2670 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2672 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2673 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2676 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2677 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2678 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2680 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2681 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2688 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2690 /* Draw underline. */
2691 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2693 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2695 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2696 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2700 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2701 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2702 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2703 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2706 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2708 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2711 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2712 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2714 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2715 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2716 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2720 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2721 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2722 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2725 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2726 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2729 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2730 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2731 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2732 specs, and its default is
2734 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2735 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2737 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2738 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2739 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2741 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2743 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2745 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2747 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2748 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2749 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2750 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2751 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2752 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2753 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2754 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2755 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2756 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2757 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2758 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2762 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2763 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2764 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2765 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2766 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2770 /* Draw overline. */
2771 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2773 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2775 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2776 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2781 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2782 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2783 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2785 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2789 /* Draw strike-through. */
2790 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2792 unsigned long h
= 1;
2793 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2795 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2796 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2801 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2802 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2803 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2805 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2809 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2810 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2811 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2815 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2817 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2818 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2819 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2821 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2822 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2823 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2826 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2827 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2828 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2829 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2831 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2832 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2834 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2840 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2842 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2843 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2844 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2846 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2847 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2848 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2851 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2852 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2853 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2854 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2856 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2857 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2859 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2860 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2865 /* Reset clipping. */
2866 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2870 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2873 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2875 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2876 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2877 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2881 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2885 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2891 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2892 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2895 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2897 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2898 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2902 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2905 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2907 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2909 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2913 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2915 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2916 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2917 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2919 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2920 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2921 redisplay, do it here. */
2922 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2923 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2926 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2933 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2936 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2942 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2943 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2944 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2946 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2947 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2948 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2949 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2951 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2955 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2958 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2959 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2960 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2961 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2962 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2963 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2964 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2965 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2966 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
2969 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2970 pixels into background pixels. */
2974 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2975 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2976 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2978 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2979 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2983 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2984 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
2985 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2986 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2987 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2988 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2989 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2990 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2992 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2993 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2995 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2997 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2998 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
2999 width
, flash_height
);
3000 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3002 (height
- flash_height
3003 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3004 width
, flash_height
);
3008 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3009 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3010 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3011 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3016 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3017 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3019 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3021 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3023 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3024 struct timespec timeout
;
3026 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3027 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3030 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3031 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3033 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3034 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3038 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3039 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3041 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3043 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3044 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3045 width
, flash_height
);
3046 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3048 (height
- flash_height
3049 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3050 width
, flash_height
);
3053 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3054 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3055 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3056 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3062 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3064 #undef XFillRectangle
3066 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3077 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3082 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3083 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3084 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3087 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3088 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3089 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3094 /* Make audible bell. */
3097 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3099 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3107 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3109 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3111 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3117 /***********************************************************************
3119 ***********************************************************************/
3121 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3122 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3125 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3131 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3134 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3136 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3137 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3139 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3140 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3142 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3144 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3145 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3146 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3150 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3151 line at the bottom. */
3152 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3153 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3155 height
= run
->height
;
3159 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3161 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3162 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3164 height
= run
->height
;
3169 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3172 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3173 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3174 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3184 /***********************************************************************
3186 ***********************************************************************/
3190 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3192 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3193 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3194 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3195 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3197 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3198 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3199 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3200 because of this (bug#9310). */
3201 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3202 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3203 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3204 x_uncatch_errors ();
3206 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3207 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3211 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3213 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3214 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3215 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3216 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3218 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3219 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3220 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3221 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3222 x_uncatch_errors ();
3224 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3225 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3228 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3229 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3230 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3231 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3232 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3235 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3237 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3239 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3241 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3242 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3243 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3245 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3246 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3248 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3249 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3251 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
3254 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3257 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3258 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3259 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3262 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3264 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3266 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3268 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3269 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3271 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3272 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3273 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3274 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3275 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
3276 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3277 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3278 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3280 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3281 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3284 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3287 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3288 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3291 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3293 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3295 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3297 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3298 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3300 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3301 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3305 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3306 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3308 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3309 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3313 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3314 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3316 static struct frame
*
3317 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3319 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3325 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3328 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3330 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3332 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3333 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3334 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3335 /* A tooltip frame? */
3336 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3337 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3338 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3340 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3342 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3344 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3345 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3346 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3349 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3350 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3351 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3353 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3358 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3360 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3363 static struct frame
*
3364 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3366 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3367 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3373 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3378 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3380 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3381 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3382 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3387 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3389 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3392 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3393 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3394 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3396 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3397 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3401 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3402 /* A tooltip frame. */
3410 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3412 static struct frame
*
3413 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3414 const XEvent
*event
)
3416 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3417 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3424 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3427 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3429 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3431 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3434 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3435 if (x
->menubar_widget
3436 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3443 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3444 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3447 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3449 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3456 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3459 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3461 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3465 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3467 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3468 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3471 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3475 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3476 /* Tooltip frame. */
3482 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3484 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3485 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3487 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3489 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3490 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3492 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3495 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3496 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3501 switch (event
->type
)
3506 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3508 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3510 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3511 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3512 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3513 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3515 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3521 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3522 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3523 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3524 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3528 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3530 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3531 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3532 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3539 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3540 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3543 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3545 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3549 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3550 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3551 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3553 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3554 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3555 the appropriate X display info. */
3558 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3560 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3564 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3566 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3568 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3570 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3571 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3572 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3573 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3574 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3576 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3577 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3581 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3583 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3586 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3587 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3588 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3594 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3596 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3598 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3600 int min_code
, max_code
;
3603 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3605 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3606 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3607 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3608 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3609 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3611 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3613 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3614 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3616 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3618 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3619 Alt keysyms are on. */
3621 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3622 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3624 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3626 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3627 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3629 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3631 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3635 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3639 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3641 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3647 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3648 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3653 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3654 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3659 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3660 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3661 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3662 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3667 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3668 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3669 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3670 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3674 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3675 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3676 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3677 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3678 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3687 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3688 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3690 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3691 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3694 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3695 make them just meta, not alt. */
3696 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3698 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3702 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3705 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3709 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3711 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3712 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3713 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3714 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3717 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3718 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3719 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3720 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3721 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3722 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3723 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3724 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3726 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3727 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3728 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3729 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3730 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3731 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3735 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3737 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3738 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3739 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3740 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3744 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3745 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3746 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3747 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3748 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3749 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3750 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3751 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3754 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3755 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3756 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3757 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3758 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3759 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3762 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3765 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3770 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3776 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
3778 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
3779 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
3780 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
3781 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
3783 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
3785 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
3786 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
3787 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
3788 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
3789 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
3790 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
3791 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
3792 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
3793 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
3796 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3798 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3802 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3803 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
3806 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3808 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3809 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3810 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3811 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3813 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3817 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3818 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3819 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3824 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3825 The input handler calls this.
3827 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3828 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3829 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3830 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3833 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
3836 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3838 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3841 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
3842 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3843 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
3844 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
3845 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
3847 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3849 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3850 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3851 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3852 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
3857 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3858 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
3859 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
3860 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
3861 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
3863 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3864 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3865 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3866 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3867 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
3868 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3875 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3876 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3878 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3879 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3880 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3881 position on the scroll bar.
3883 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3884 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3887 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3888 was at this position.
3890 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3892 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3896 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3897 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3901 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
3905 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
3906 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3912 Window dummy_window
;
3915 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3917 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3918 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3919 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3920 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3921 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3923 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3925 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3926 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3927 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3929 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3932 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3933 a different screen. */
3936 /* The position on that root window. */
3939 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3942 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3944 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3946 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3947 containing the pointer. */
3951 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3955 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3956 structure is changing at the same time this function
3957 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3959 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3961 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
3963 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3964 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3965 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3971 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
3973 /* From-position, to-position. */
3974 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3978 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
3984 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3986 /* From-window, to-window. */
3989 /* From-position, to-position. */
3990 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3995 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3998 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3999 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4000 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4001 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4002 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4010 /* Now we know that:
4011 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4012 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4013 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4014 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4015 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4016 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4017 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4018 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4019 never use them in that case.) */
4022 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4023 want the edit window. */
4024 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4026 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4027 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4030 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4031 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4034 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4035 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4037 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4040 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4043 x_uncatch_errors ();
4045 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4048 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4050 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4054 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4060 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4061 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4065 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4066 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4067 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4068 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4069 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4070 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4071 the frame are divided into. */
4073 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4074 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4075 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4076 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4081 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4082 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4083 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4093 /***********************************************************************
4095 ***********************************************************************/
4097 /* Scroll bar support. */
4099 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4101 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4104 static struct scroll_bar
*
4105 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4107 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4109 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4110 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4111 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4113 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4115 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4117 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4120 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4122 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4123 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4124 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4125 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4126 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4129 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4130 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4131 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4132 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4139 #if defined USE_LUCID
4141 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4142 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4145 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4147 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4149 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4150 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4152 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4154 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4160 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4163 /************************************************************************
4165 ************************************************************************/
4167 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4169 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4171 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4172 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4174 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4176 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4177 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4180 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4182 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4184 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4186 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4187 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4188 to avoid jerkiness. */
4190 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4192 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4193 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4194 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4195 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4198 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4199 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4202 const char *end_action
;
4205 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4206 end_action
= "Release";
4207 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4208 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4209 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4210 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4213 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4214 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4217 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4219 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4220 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4221 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4222 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4224 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4227 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4228 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4230 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4231 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4232 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4234 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4235 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4238 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4240 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4241 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4242 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4243 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4246 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4249 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
4250 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4251 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4252 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
4253 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
4254 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
4255 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
4259 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4260 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4261 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4262 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4263 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4266 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
4267 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
4268 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
4269 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
4270 will resolve such issues someday. */
4271 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
4272 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
4273 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
4274 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
4275 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
4277 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4278 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4279 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4280 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4283 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4284 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4285 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4286 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4291 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4295 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4296 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4298 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
4302 /* See the comment in the function above. */
4303 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
4304 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4305 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
4306 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
4308 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4310 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4311 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4314 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4317 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4320 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4321 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4322 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4323 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4329 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4331 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4334 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4335 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4336 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4339 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4341 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4342 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4343 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4347 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4349 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4352 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4354 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4357 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4359 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4362 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4364 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4369 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4372 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4374 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4381 /* Get the slider size. */
4383 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4386 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4387 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4388 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4389 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4393 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4399 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4400 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4404 #elif defined USE_GTK
4406 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4407 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4410 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4411 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4415 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4417 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4418 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4419 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4421 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4422 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4427 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4428 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4429 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4430 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4432 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4433 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4434 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4435 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4436 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4439 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4440 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4443 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4444 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4447 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4448 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4451 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4452 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4459 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4460 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4466 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4469 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4470 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4473 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4475 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4477 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4478 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4479 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4486 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4488 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4489 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4490 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4494 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4496 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4497 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4498 float top
= *top_addr
;
4500 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4501 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4503 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4505 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4509 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4511 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4512 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4513 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4514 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4515 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4517 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4519 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4521 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4522 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4523 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4524 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4528 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4529 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4530 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4531 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4532 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4533 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4534 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4537 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4539 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4540 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4541 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4543 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4545 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4547 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4550 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4551 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4553 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4554 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4555 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4556 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4558 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4560 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4562 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4563 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4566 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4568 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4570 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4571 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4575 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4577 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4580 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4581 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4586 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4589 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4595 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4596 unsigned long pixel
;
4601 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4602 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4603 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4604 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4605 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4606 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4607 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4608 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4610 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4613 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4617 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4620 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4624 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4625 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4627 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4628 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4630 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4632 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4634 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4636 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4638 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4640 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4643 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4644 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4646 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4647 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4648 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4649 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4651 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4653 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4654 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4655 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4656 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4657 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4658 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4659 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4660 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4662 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4665 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4669 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4672 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4676 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4678 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4679 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4681 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4684 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4685 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4686 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4688 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4691 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4693 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4696 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4697 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4698 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4700 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4704 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4705 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4706 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4707 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4708 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4709 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4710 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4713 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4714 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4718 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4719 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4720 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4722 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4724 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4727 /* Specify the colors. */
4728 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4731 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4734 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4737 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4743 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4744 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4747 char const *initial
= "";
4748 char const *val
= initial
;
4749 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4750 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4751 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4753 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4754 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4755 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4756 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4757 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4758 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4762 /* Define callbacks. */
4763 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4764 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4767 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4768 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4770 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4772 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4773 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4774 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4775 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4777 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4778 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4779 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4780 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4784 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4787 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4788 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4792 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4794 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4797 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4799 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4802 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4803 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4810 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4812 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4813 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4814 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4815 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4816 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4817 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4818 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4819 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4820 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4821 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4822 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4823 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4824 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4825 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4833 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4834 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4837 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4841 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4842 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4844 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4846 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4847 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4848 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4850 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4852 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4858 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4859 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4863 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4865 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4866 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4867 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4871 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4872 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4873 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4876 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4877 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4878 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4879 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4881 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4882 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4883 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4884 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4885 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4888 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4889 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4890 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4891 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4893 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4894 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4897 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4898 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4899 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4901 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4905 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4909 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4911 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4915 /************************************************************************
4916 Scroll bars, general
4917 ************************************************************************/
4919 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4920 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4921 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4924 static struct scroll_bar
*
4925 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4927 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4928 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4929 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4934 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4935 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4936 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4938 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4942 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4943 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4944 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4946 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4947 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4949 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4951 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4953 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4954 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4955 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4956 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
4957 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4958 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
4960 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4961 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4962 left
, top
, width
, height
,
4963 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4970 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4972 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4974 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4978 bar
->height
= height
;
4982 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
4983 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4986 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4987 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4989 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
4990 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
4991 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4992 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4994 /* Map the window/widget. */
4995 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4998 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
4999 left
,width
, max (height
, 1));
5000 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5001 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5002 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5003 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5004 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5006 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5007 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5008 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5015 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5017 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5019 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5020 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5021 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5024 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5025 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5026 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5027 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5028 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5031 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5033 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5034 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5035 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5036 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5038 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5040 && start
== bar
->start
5047 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5048 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5049 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5051 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5052 the distance between start and end. */
5054 int length
= end
- start
;
5058 else if (start
> top_range
)
5060 end
= start
+ length
;
5064 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5068 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5072 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5073 if (end
> top_range
)
5076 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5077 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5078 that many pixels tall. */
5079 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5081 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5082 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5084 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5085 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5086 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5087 inside_width
, start
);
5089 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5090 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5091 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5092 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5094 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5095 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5096 /* x, y, width, height */
5097 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5098 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5099 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5101 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5102 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5103 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5104 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5106 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5107 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5108 if (end
< inside_height
)
5109 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5110 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5111 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5112 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5118 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5120 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5124 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5126 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5129 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5131 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5132 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5133 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5134 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5136 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5139 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5140 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5146 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5147 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5148 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5152 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5154 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5156 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5157 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
5158 int window_y
, window_height
;
5160 /* Get window dimensions. */
5161 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5163 height
= window_height
;
5165 /* Compute the left edge and the width of the scroll bar area. */
5166 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5167 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
5169 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5170 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5172 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5175 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5176 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5180 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5184 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5185 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5187 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5191 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
5193 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5195 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
5197 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5200 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5202 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5205 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5206 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5207 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5208 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5209 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5211 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5212 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5213 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5214 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5215 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5216 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5218 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5220 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5229 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5233 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5235 /* Remember new settings. */
5239 bar
->height
= height
;
5244 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5245 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5246 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5247 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5249 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5251 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5254 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5257 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5258 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5259 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5262 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5264 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5265 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5269 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5270 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5271 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5272 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5273 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5274 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5275 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5277 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5278 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5279 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5282 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5284 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5285 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5288 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5289 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5290 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5291 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5292 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5293 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5294 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5299 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5300 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5303 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5305 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5309 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5310 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5313 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5315 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5316 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5317 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5319 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5321 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5322 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5324 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5325 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5326 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5328 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5329 one or the other! */
5333 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5335 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5336 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5338 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5340 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5341 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5342 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5343 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5346 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5347 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5350 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5352 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5354 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5356 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5357 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5358 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5360 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5362 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5364 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5367 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5370 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5371 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5375 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5376 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5377 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5379 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5383 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
5385 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5386 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5387 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5391 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5393 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5394 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5395 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5396 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5398 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5399 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5400 /* x, y, width, height */
5401 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
5403 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5404 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5405 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5406 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5411 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5413 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5414 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5416 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5421 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5422 const XEvent
*event
,
5423 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5425 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5428 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5429 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5430 emacs_event
->modifiers
5431 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
5432 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5433 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5434 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5437 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5438 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5439 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5442 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5443 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5446 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5449 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5450 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5451 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5453 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5455 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5456 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5457 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5459 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5460 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5462 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5467 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5468 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5472 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5474 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5476 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5480 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5481 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
5483 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5484 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5486 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5487 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
5490 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5491 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5493 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5494 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5496 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5498 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5500 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5505 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5507 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5508 on the scroll bar. */
5511 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5512 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5513 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5515 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
5516 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
5517 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5518 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5520 Window dummy_window
;
5522 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5526 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5528 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5530 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5531 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5532 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5534 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5537 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5540 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5542 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5544 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5545 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5549 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5553 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5555 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5556 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5557 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5558 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5559 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5560 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5562 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5564 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5565 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5568 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
5569 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5576 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5577 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5578 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5582 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5584 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5587 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5588 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5589 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5590 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5591 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5592 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5593 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5594 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5596 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5599 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5601 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5602 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5604 static int temp_index
;
5605 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5607 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5608 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5610 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5612 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5614 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5616 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5618 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5619 on a particular display. */
5621 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5623 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5624 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5625 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5626 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5628 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5637 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5638 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5639 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5641 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5643 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5647 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5649 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5650 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5651 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5654 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5655 event
->xclient
.window
);
5657 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5662 static int current_count
;
5663 static int current_finish
;
5664 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5666 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5667 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5668 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5669 static GdkFilterReturn
5670 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5672 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5675 if (current_count
>= 0)
5677 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5679 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5682 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5683 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5684 so we do it here. */
5685 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5687 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5690 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5695 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5698 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5702 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5706 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5707 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5709 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5711 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5714 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5715 enum xembed_message
,
5716 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5718 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5720 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5721 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5722 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5723 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
5725 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5728 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5729 const XEvent
*event
,
5730 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5733 struct input_event ie
;
5734 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5738 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5739 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
5740 struct coding_system coding
;
5741 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5742 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5743 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5744 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5745 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5746 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5750 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5752 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5753 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5756 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
5758 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
5759 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5761 switch (event
->type
)
5765 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5766 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
5768 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5770 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
5771 because this could be the shell widget window
5772 if the frame has no title bar. */
5775 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5776 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5777 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5779 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5780 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5781 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5782 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5783 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5786 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5787 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5788 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5789 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5792 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5793 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5794 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5797 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
5798 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5799 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5801 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
5802 /* The ICCCM says this is
5803 the only valid choice. */
5805 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5806 /* This is needed to detect the error
5807 if there is an error. */
5809 x_uncatch_errors ();
5811 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5816 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5818 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5819 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5820 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5821 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5822 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5823 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5824 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5825 session manager and one for this. */
5827 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5830 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5831 event
->xclient
.window
);
5832 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5833 for a single Emacs process. */
5834 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5835 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5836 event
->xclient
.window
,
5837 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5839 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5840 event
->xclient
.window
,
5846 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5850 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5852 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5853 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5860 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5863 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5866 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5868 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5869 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5873 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5880 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5884 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
5885 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
5888 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5890 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
5891 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
5893 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5894 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5895 currently never do because we are interested in
5896 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5897 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5898 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5901 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5902 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5906 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5907 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5908 we construct an input_event. */
5909 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5911 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
5912 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5915 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5917 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5918 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5920 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5921 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5922 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
5924 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5928 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
5933 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5934 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5938 case SelectionNotify
:
5939 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselection
.time
;
5940 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5941 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
5943 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5944 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
5947 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5948 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionclear
.time
;
5949 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5950 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
5952 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5954 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
5956 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5957 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5958 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5959 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5963 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5964 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionrequest
.time
;
5965 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5966 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5968 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5970 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
5972 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5973 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5974 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5975 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5976 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5977 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5978 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5982 case PropertyNotify
:
5983 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xproperty
.time
;
5984 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
5985 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
5986 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
)
5987 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
5988 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
5990 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
5991 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
5992 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
5993 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
5994 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
5995 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5996 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
5997 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
5998 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6001 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6002 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6005 case ReparentNotify
:
6006 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6009 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6010 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6012 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6013 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6014 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6016 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6021 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6024 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6026 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6027 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6028 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6029 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6034 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
6035 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
6036 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6037 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6038 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6039 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6041 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6042 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6047 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6048 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6050 #if defined USE_LUCID
6051 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6052 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6053 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6055 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6057 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6059 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6061 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6062 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6064 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6065 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6066 event
->xexpose
.window
);
6069 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6070 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6073 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6074 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6078 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6079 source area was obscured or not
6081 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6083 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6084 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6085 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6086 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6087 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6090 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6093 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6094 source area was completely
6099 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6100 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6103 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
6106 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6107 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6108 the frame was deleted. */
6110 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6111 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6112 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6113 display that won't ever be seen. */
6114 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6115 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6116 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6117 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6118 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6119 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6120 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6121 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6123 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6124 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6125 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6131 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6132 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6133 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6136 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6137 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6138 frame is visible. */
6139 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
6142 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6143 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6144 the frame's display structures.
6145 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6146 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6147 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6148 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6150 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6152 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6153 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6154 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6155 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6157 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6158 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6159 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6163 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6164 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6166 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6167 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6168 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6169 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6172 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6179 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6180 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6182 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6183 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6184 if (popup_activated ())
6190 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6191 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6192 mouse highlighting. */
6193 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6195 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6197 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6198 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6202 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6205 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6206 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6207 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6208 event
->xkey
.window
);
6209 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6211 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6212 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6215 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6219 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6220 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6221 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6224 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6225 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6226 status_return even if the input is too long to
6227 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6228 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6229 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6230 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6231 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6232 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6233 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6235 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6237 /* Event will be modified. */
6238 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
6241 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6242 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6243 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
6245 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6248 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6249 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6250 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
6252 /* This will have to go some day... */
6254 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6255 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6256 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6257 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6258 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6259 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6260 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6262 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6263 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6264 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6265 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6266 not it is combined with Meta. */
6267 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6268 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6273 Status status_return
;
6275 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6276 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6277 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6278 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6280 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6282 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6283 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6284 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6285 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6286 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6289 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6290 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6292 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6297 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6298 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6302 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6303 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6306 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6307 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6311 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6312 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6313 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6316 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6317 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6319 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6320 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6322 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6323 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
6325 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6326 translations to characters. */
6327 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6328 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6330 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6331 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6335 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6336 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6338 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6339 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6341 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6342 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6346 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6347 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6348 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6353 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6354 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6355 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6356 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6360 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6361 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6362 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6363 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6364 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6365 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6367 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6368 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6370 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6371 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6372 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6373 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6374 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6376 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6377 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6379 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6380 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6382 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6383 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6385 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6386 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6388 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6389 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6391 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6392 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6394 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6395 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6397 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6398 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6400 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6401 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6403 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6404 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6406 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6407 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6409 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6410 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6412 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6413 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6415 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6416 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6417 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6418 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6419 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6420 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6421 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6422 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6423 don't have real modifiers but
6424 should be treated similarly to
6425 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6426 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6427 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6428 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6432 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6433 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6435 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6436 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6440 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6444 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6446 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6448 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6451 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6453 /* Decode the input data. */
6455 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6456 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6457 we used just above and the locale. */
6458 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6459 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6460 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6461 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6462 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6463 gives us composition information. */
6464 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6466 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6468 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6469 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6470 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6471 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6472 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6473 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6476 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6477 character events. */
6478 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6481 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6482 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6484 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6485 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6486 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6487 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6489 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6494 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6496 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6499 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
6500 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
6504 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6505 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6513 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6515 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6516 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6524 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6525 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6529 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6530 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6532 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6533 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6534 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6535 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
6537 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6538 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6539 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6540 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6545 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6549 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6550 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6552 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
6555 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6557 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6558 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6559 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6560 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6563 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6564 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6565 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6566 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6567 if (any_help_event_p
)
6571 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6572 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6573 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6578 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6583 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
6584 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6585 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6587 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6588 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
6590 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6592 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6593 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6597 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6603 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6604 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6605 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6607 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6608 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6609 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6611 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6612 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6613 will be selected only when it is active. */
6614 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6615 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6616 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6617 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6618 create event iff we don't leave the
6620 && (focus_follows_mouse
6621 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6622 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6624 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6625 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6627 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6628 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6630 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
6631 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6635 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6636 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6637 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
6638 event
->xmotion
.window
);
6641 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
6642 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6644 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6645 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6646 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6649 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6650 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6651 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6652 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6657 case ConfigureNotify
:
6658 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
6662 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6664 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
6665 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6671 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6673 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
6674 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6676 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6677 is called by the code that handles resizing
6678 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6680 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6681 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6682 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6683 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
6684 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
6685 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6686 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6688 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
6689 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
6690 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6691 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6694 /** FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = event->xconfigure.width; **/
6695 /** FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = event->xconfigure.height; **/
6696 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6700 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6701 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6702 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6703 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6705 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6708 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6709 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6718 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6719 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6720 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6722 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6723 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
6724 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6726 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6727 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
6730 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6735 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6736 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6737 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6738 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6741 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
6742 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
6744 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6745 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6747 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
6748 handle_tool_bar_click
6749 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6750 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
6752 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6755 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6756 if (! popup_activated ())
6759 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6761 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
6762 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6764 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6765 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6767 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
6768 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6771 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6773 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6774 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
6775 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6779 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6780 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
6781 event
->xbutton
.window
);
6783 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6784 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6786 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6788 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6789 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6791 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6793 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6794 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6797 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6799 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6800 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6803 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6806 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6808 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6809 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6810 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6814 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6815 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
6816 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6817 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6818 Instead, save it away
6819 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6820 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6821 if (! popup_activated ()
6823 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6824 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
6826 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
6827 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6828 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6829 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
6830 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6831 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
6832 && event
->xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6833 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
6835 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
6836 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
6837 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
6838 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
6839 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6840 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6844 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6848 case CirculateNotify
:
6851 case CirculateRequest
:
6854 case VisibilityNotify
:
6858 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6860 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
6862 case MappingModifier
:
6863 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6864 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6865 case MappingKeyboard
:
6866 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
6871 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6876 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6878 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6879 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
6881 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6886 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6888 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6893 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6898 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6904 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6905 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6906 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6910 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6911 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6920 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6921 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6922 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6924 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6926 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6928 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6929 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6931 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6934 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6939 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6940 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6942 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6943 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
6944 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
6948 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6951 int event_found
= 0;
6952 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
6956 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6957 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6959 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6960 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6964 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6969 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6972 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6973 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6978 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6980 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
6986 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
6987 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
6988 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
6989 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
6991 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
6992 from all displays. */
6994 while (gtk_events_pending ())
6996 current_count
= count
;
6997 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
6999 gtk_main_iteration ();
7001 count
= current_count
;
7003 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7005 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7008 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7010 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7011 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7014 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7015 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7016 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7018 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7022 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7023 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7025 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7027 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7028 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7032 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7033 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
7034 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
7036 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
7037 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
7048 /***********************************************************************
7050 ***********************************************************************/
7052 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7053 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7055 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7056 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7057 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7060 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7061 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7063 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7064 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7065 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7067 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7069 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7070 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7071 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7072 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7073 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7075 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7079 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7082 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7084 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7085 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7086 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7089 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7092 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7093 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7094 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7095 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7098 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7099 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7100 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7102 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7103 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7104 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7105 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7106 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7108 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7109 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7110 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7112 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7113 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7114 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7115 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7119 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7121 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7122 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7123 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7127 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7129 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7130 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7132 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7133 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7135 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7136 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7139 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7140 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7141 the bar might not be in the window. */
7142 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7144 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7145 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7146 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7150 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7151 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7152 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7153 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7154 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7157 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7158 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7159 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7160 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7161 that the glyph is legible. */
7162 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7163 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7165 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7166 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7169 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7172 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7173 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7176 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7178 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7180 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7183 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7184 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7186 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7188 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7189 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7190 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7191 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7193 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7194 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7195 width
, row
->height
);
7199 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7202 width
= row
->height
;
7204 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7206 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7207 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7209 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7210 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7211 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7212 row
->height
- width
),
7213 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7216 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7221 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7224 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7226 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7227 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7228 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7229 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7233 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7236 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7238 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7240 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7241 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7242 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7247 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7250 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7251 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7252 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7254 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7258 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7259 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7261 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7262 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7263 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7264 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7266 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7267 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7271 switch (cursor_type
)
7273 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7274 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7277 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7278 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7282 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7286 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7290 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7299 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7300 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7301 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7305 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7311 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7314 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7316 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7318 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7321 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7322 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7323 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7324 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7329 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7330 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7331 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7333 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7334 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7335 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7339 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7340 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7346 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7347 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7350 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7352 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7354 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7358 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7361 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7362 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7366 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7367 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7371 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7372 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7373 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7374 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7375 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7377 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7380 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7381 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7387 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7388 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7391 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7393 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7398 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7399 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7401 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7402 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7405 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7406 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7407 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7408 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7413 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7415 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7416 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7418 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7419 be called from a signal handler.
7422 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7423 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7425 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7427 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7429 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7430 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7431 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7434 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7436 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7437 x_error_message
->string
,
7438 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7441 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7442 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7445 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7446 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7447 stored in *x_error_message.
7449 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7450 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7452 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7455 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7457 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7459 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7463 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7464 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7465 x_error_message
= data
;
7468 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7469 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7472 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7474 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7478 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7479 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7480 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7481 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7483 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7484 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7489 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7490 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7491 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7494 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7496 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7499 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7501 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7502 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7503 x_uncatch_errors ();
7504 error (format
, string
);
7508 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7509 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7512 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7514 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7517 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7520 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7523 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7525 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7528 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7529 * idea. --lorentey */
7530 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7533 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7535 while (x_error_message
)
7536 x_uncatch_errors ();
7541 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7544 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7549 /************************************************************************
7551 ************************************************************************/
7553 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7555 static char *error_msg
;
7557 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7558 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7561 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7563 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7564 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7565 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7567 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7568 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7570 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7571 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7575 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7577 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7578 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7581 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7582 that are on the dead display. */
7583 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7585 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7587 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7588 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7589 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7590 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7591 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7592 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7595 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7596 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7597 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7598 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7599 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7600 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7602 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7603 trying to find a replacement. */
7604 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7605 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7608 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7609 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7612 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7613 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7614 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7616 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7617 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7618 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7619 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7620 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7621 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7622 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7623 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7624 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7627 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7629 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7630 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7632 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7633 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7634 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7635 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7640 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7641 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7645 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7647 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7648 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7652 totally_unblock_input ();
7654 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7655 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7657 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7658 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7660 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7661 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7662 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7663 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7666 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7667 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7668 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7670 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7671 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7674 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7676 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7677 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7678 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7684 if (x_error_message
)
7685 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7687 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7691 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7692 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7693 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7695 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7697 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7698 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7700 static void NO_INLINE
7701 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7703 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7705 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7706 or colors that are not defined. */
7708 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7711 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7712 original error handler. */
7714 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7715 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7716 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7717 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7721 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7722 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7723 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7726 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7730 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7731 DisplayString (display
));
7732 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7736 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7738 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7739 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7740 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7744 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7746 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7750 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7751 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7752 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7753 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7757 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7758 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7759 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7760 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7762 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7763 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7765 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7767 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7768 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7769 /* The width of a toolkit scrollbar does not change with the new
7770 font but we have to calculate the number of columns it occupies
7772 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7773 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7775 /* The width of a non-toolkit scrollbar is at least 14 pixels and a
7776 multiple of the frame's character width. */
7777 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7778 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
7779 = FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * unit
;
7782 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7784 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7785 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7786 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7787 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7788 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
7789 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 1);
7794 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7797 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7806 /***********************************************************************
7808 ***********************************************************************/
7814 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7815 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7816 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7819 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7821 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7822 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7826 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7827 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7829 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7830 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7832 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7833 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7837 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7838 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7839 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7843 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7846 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7847 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7850 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7851 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7854 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7862 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7863 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7870 XIMCallback destroy
;
7873 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7874 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7877 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7878 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7879 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7885 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7886 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7890 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7892 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7893 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7894 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7895 when the callback was registered. */
7898 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7900 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7901 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7903 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7907 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7909 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7910 as they have no XIC. */
7911 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7913 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7916 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7918 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7921 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7922 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
7924 create_frame_xic (f
);
7925 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
7926 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7927 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
7929 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
7930 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
7939 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7942 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7943 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
7944 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
7945 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
7948 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7950 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7954 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7955 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
7957 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
7958 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
7959 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
7960 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
7961 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
7962 xim_instantiate_callback
,
7963 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
7964 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
7965 least, hence the configure test. */
7966 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
7967 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7968 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
7969 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7971 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7975 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
7978 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
7983 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7984 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
7985 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
7987 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
7988 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
7989 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
7990 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7991 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
7992 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7993 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7994 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7996 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7999 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8003 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8004 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8007 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8009 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8011 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8012 is already for the top-left corner. */
8013 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8016 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8017 position that fits on the screen. */
8018 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8019 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8020 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8023 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8025 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8026 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8027 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8029 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8030 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8031 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8032 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8035 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8036 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8038 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8041 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8042 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8043 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8046 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8047 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8048 so the flags should correspond. */
8049 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8052 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8053 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8054 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8055 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8056 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8059 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8061 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8063 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8067 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8069 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8071 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8072 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8074 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8077 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8079 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8080 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8082 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8084 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8085 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8086 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8087 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8088 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8091 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8092 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8094 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8095 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8098 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8099 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8100 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8101 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8104 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8105 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8106 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8108 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8109 (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8110 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8111 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8112 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8113 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8118 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8119 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8120 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8121 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8122 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8125 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8128 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8129 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8130 Window wmcheck_window
;
8131 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8132 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8133 long max_len
= 65536;
8134 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8135 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8136 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8140 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8141 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8142 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8143 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8144 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8145 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8147 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8149 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8150 x_uncatch_errors ();
8155 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8158 /* Check if window exists. */
8159 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8161 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8163 x_uncatch_errors ();
8168 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8170 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8171 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8172 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8173 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8174 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8175 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8177 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8179 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8180 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8181 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8182 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8183 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8185 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8187 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8188 x_uncatch_errors ();
8193 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8194 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8195 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8200 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8201 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8203 x_uncatch_errors ();
8210 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8212 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8214 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8215 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8217 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8219 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8221 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8223 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8228 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8231 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8233 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8235 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8236 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8239 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8240 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8241 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8243 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8246 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8252 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8253 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8254 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8255 long max_len
= 65536;
8256 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8257 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8258 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8261 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8264 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8265 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8266 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8267 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8268 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8270 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8272 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8273 x_uncatch_errors ();
8275 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8278 x_uncatch_errors ();
8280 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8282 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8283 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8286 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8288 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8290 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8291 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8293 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8295 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8297 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8298 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8300 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8302 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8303 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8304 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8308 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8313 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8316 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8318 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8319 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8322 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8324 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8325 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8327 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8329 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8333 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8335 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8336 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8337 are sent at once. */
8338 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8340 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8341 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8342 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8343 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8344 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8345 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8347 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8348 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8349 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8350 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8351 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8352 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8353 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8355 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8356 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8357 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8358 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8359 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8360 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8361 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8363 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8364 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8365 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8366 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8367 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8369 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8370 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8371 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8373 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8374 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8377 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8381 return have_net_atom
;
8385 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8387 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8390 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8398 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8400 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8403 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8408 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8411 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8414 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8417 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8422 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8423 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8428 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8429 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8431 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8433 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8436 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8437 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8439 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8440 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8441 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8443 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8445 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8446 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8448 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8450 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8451 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8452 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8453 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8454 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8456 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8457 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8459 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8460 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8463 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8468 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8469 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8470 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8471 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8472 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8473 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8474 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8477 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8479 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8481 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8482 window manager window around the frame. */
8484 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8486 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8488 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8493 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8494 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8495 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8497 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8499 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8500 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8502 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8503 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8505 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8508 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8509 frame's position. */
8511 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8515 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8516 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8517 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8518 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8519 of an exact comparison. */
8522 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8526 while (count
++ < 50)
8528 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8530 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8531 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8534 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8535 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8539 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8542 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8543 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8546 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8550 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8551 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8553 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8557 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8559 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8561 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8564 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8565 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8567 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
8569 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8570 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8571 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8572 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8574 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
8576 pending_signals
= 1;
8577 totally_unblock_input ();
8578 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8580 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8585 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8586 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8589 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8590 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8591 break; /* Timeout */
8594 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
8598 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8599 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8600 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8601 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8604 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8606 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8608 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8610 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8612 pixelwidth
= ((pixelwise
8613 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
)
8614 : FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
))
8615 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
));
8616 pixelheight
= ((pixelwise
8617 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
)
8618 : FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
))
8619 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8620 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
8621 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8622 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8623 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8624 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8627 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8628 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8629 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8630 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8631 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8633 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8634 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8635 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8636 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8638 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8639 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8640 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8641 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8642 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8644 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8647 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8648 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8649 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8650 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8651 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8654 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8660 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8661 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8662 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8663 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8666 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8670 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8672 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8674 int text_width
, text_height
;
8676 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8677 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8678 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
8679 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8680 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8681 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8682 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8683 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8684 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8685 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8687 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8689 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8690 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
8692 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8696 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8698 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
8699 height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
8701 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
8703 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8704 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8706 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8707 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
8708 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8711 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8713 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8714 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8716 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8717 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8718 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8719 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8720 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8725 /* Mouse warping. */
8728 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8732 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8733 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8735 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8736 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8738 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8739 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8743 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8744 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8748 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8751 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8755 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8756 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8760 /* Raise frame F. */
8763 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8766 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8767 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8768 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8772 /* Lower frame F. */
8775 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8777 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8780 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8781 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8786 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8789 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8791 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8792 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8793 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8794 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8795 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8798 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8801 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8803 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8804 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8806 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8808 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8811 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8812 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8813 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8815 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
8820 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8828 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8830 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8832 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8834 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8837 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8839 unsigned long data
[2];
8840 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8842 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8845 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8846 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8847 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8849 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8852 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8853 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8857 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8858 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8859 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8860 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8861 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8862 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8863 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8864 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8865 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8867 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8868 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8869 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8872 /* Change of visibility. */
8874 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8875 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8876 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8877 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8878 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8879 finishes with it. */
8882 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8884 int original_top
, original_left
;
8888 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
8890 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8892 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8893 call x_set_offset a second time
8894 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8895 before the window gets really visible. */
8896 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8897 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8898 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8899 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8901 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8903 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8904 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8905 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8906 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8907 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8910 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8911 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8913 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8915 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8916 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8918 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8919 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8921 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8922 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8923 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8926 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8928 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8929 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8930 so that incoming events are handled. */
8933 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8934 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8935 will set it when they are handled. */
8936 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8938 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8939 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8941 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8944 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8946 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8947 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8948 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8949 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8951 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8952 because the window manager may choose the position
8953 and we don't want to override it. */
8955 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8956 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8957 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8958 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8959 && previously_visible
)
8963 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8967 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8968 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8969 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8970 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8971 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8972 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8973 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8974 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8975 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8977 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8978 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8979 original_left
, original_top
);
8984 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8986 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
8987 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8989 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8992 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
8993 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
8995 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8996 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8997 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8998 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8999 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9001 if (input_polling_used ())
9003 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9004 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9005 handler reset it. */
9006 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9007 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9008 poll_for_input_1 ();
9009 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9012 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9015 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
9016 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9022 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9024 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9027 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9031 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9032 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9034 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9035 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9036 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9040 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9041 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9042 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9043 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9044 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9045 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9048 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9049 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9052 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9053 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9058 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9059 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9062 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9066 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9067 just by the event that we get from the server.
9068 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9069 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9070 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9071 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9072 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9079 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9082 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9084 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9088 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9089 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9090 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9092 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9097 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9099 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9100 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9102 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9103 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9105 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9106 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9107 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9113 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9115 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9117 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9118 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9119 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9120 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9121 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9122 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9123 so we have to record it here. */
9124 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9125 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9130 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9131 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9132 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9136 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9138 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9139 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9142 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9144 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9146 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9147 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9148 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9149 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9150 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9151 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9153 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9154 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9156 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9157 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9161 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9162 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9163 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9164 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9165 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9167 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9168 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9170 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9174 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9178 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9180 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9182 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9184 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9185 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9188 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9189 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9191 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9193 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9197 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9200 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9202 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9203 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9204 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9206 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9211 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9212 commands to the X server. */
9213 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9215 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9216 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9218 free_frame_faces (f
);
9220 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9221 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9223 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9224 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9225 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9226 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9227 toolkit scroll bars. */
9228 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9230 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9231 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9240 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9241 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9243 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9244 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9246 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9247 we are using a toolkit. */
9248 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9249 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9251 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9252 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9255 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9256 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9258 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9259 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9260 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9262 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9263 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9264 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9265 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9266 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9267 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9269 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9270 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9271 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9272 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9273 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9274 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9275 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9276 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9277 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9278 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9279 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9280 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9281 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9282 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9283 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9287 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9288 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9290 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9291 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9293 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9295 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9296 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9299 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9302 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9303 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9304 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9306 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9307 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9308 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9309 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9310 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9311 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9312 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9313 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9319 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9322 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9324 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9326 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9327 commands to the X server. */
9328 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9329 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9331 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9335 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9337 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9338 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9339 that the window now has.
9340 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9341 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9342 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9346 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9348 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9349 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9351 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9352 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9354 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9359 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9360 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9362 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9363 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9365 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9366 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9368 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9369 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9371 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9372 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9373 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9374 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9376 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9378 int base_width
, base_height
;
9379 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9381 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9382 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9384 check_frame_size (f
, &min_cols
, &min_rows
, 0);
9386 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
9387 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
9388 frame size very small. */
9390 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
9391 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
9394 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9395 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9396 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9397 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9398 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9400 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9401 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9402 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9404 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9405 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9406 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9407 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9408 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9411 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9414 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9419 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9420 long supplied_return
;
9423 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9427 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9432 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9433 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9434 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9435 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9436 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9437 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9438 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9439 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9446 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9447 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9451 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9452 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9454 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9456 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9458 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9460 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9463 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9465 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9468 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9469 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9470 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9471 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9473 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9474 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9476 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9477 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9481 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9483 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9485 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9486 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9491 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9492 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9493 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9494 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9498 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9506 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9510 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9514 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9515 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9516 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9517 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9520 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9522 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9523 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9525 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9529 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9531 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9533 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9534 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9535 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9537 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9541 /***********************************************************************
9543 ***********************************************************************/
9547 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9551 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9553 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9554 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9555 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9558 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9561 /***********************************************************************
9563 ***********************************************************************/
9565 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9566 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9567 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9568 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9570 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9571 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9572 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9574 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9575 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9576 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9577 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9578 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9579 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9580 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9583 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9585 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9587 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9589 static int x_initialized
;
9591 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9592 the screen number from the server number. */
9594 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9597 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9598 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9599 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9601 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9602 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9603 length_until_period
++;
9605 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9606 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9608 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9610 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9611 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9612 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9613 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9614 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9615 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9616 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9617 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9618 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9619 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9620 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9621 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9622 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9623 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9625 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9629 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9633 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9634 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9637 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9638 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9641 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9662 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9663 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9666 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9668 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9669 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9674 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9675 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9677 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9678 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9682 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9683 the structure that describes the open display.
9684 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9686 struct x_display_info
*
9687 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9691 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9692 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9704 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9705 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9711 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9712 char **argv2
= argv
;
9715 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9717 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9721 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9722 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9724 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9728 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9730 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9732 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9733 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9736 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9737 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9739 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9741 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9742 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9743 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9745 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9746 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9747 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9748 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9750 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9751 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9752 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9754 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9756 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9759 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9763 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9765 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9766 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9768 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9769 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9771 s
= build_string (file
);
9772 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9774 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9775 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9779 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9780 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9783 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9784 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9785 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9787 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9788 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9789 So let's not use it until R6. */
9791 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9802 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9803 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9805 turn_on_atimers (0);
9806 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9807 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9808 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9810 turn_on_atimers (1);
9813 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9818 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9819 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9820 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9821 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9822 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9824 /* Detect failure. */
9831 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9833 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9834 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9837 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9839 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
9840 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
9841 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9844 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9847 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
9849 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9851 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9853 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9854 list of terminals. */
9855 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9856 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9857 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9858 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9860 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9861 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9863 kset_system_key_alist
9865 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9866 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
9868 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9869 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9873 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9874 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9875 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9876 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9877 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9879 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9882 /* Put this display on the chain. */
9883 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
9884 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
9886 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
9887 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
9889 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
9890 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
9893 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
9896 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
9897 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
9898 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
9899 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
9900 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
9901 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
9902 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
9904 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
9905 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
9907 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
9909 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
9910 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
9911 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9913 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
9914 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
9916 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
9917 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
9918 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
9919 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
9921 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
9923 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
9925 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
9927 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
9928 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
9929 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
9930 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
9931 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
9932 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
9933 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
9935 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
9937 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
9938 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
9940 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
9941 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
9942 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
9943 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
9944 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
9945 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
9948 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
9949 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
9951 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
9954 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
9955 build_string ("privateColormap"),
9956 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
9959 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
9960 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
9961 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
9965 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
9966 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
9970 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
9971 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
9972 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
9973 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
9974 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
9976 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
9978 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
9979 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
9983 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
9985 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
9986 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
9987 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
9988 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
9989 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
9990 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
9991 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
9992 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
9993 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10002 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10003 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10004 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10005 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10006 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10007 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10008 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10009 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10010 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10011 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10012 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10013 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10014 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10015 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10016 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10017 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10018 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10019 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10020 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10021 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10022 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10023 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10024 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10025 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10026 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10027 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10028 /* For properties of font. */
10029 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10030 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10031 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10032 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10033 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10034 /* Ghostscript support. */
10035 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10036 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10037 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10038 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10040 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10041 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10042 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10043 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10044 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10045 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10046 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10047 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10048 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10049 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10050 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10051 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10052 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10053 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10054 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10055 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10056 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10057 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10058 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10059 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10060 /* Session management */
10061 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10062 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10063 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10067 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10068 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10069 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10070 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10071 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10072 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10073 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10074 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10076 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10077 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10079 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10080 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10081 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10082 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10084 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10085 False
, atoms_return
);
10087 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10088 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10090 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10091 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10093 xfree (atom_names
);
10094 xfree (atoms_return
);
10097 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10098 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10099 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10101 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10102 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10106 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10109 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10111 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10113 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10114 if (connection
!= 0)
10115 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10118 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10119 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10121 if (interrupt_input
)
10122 init_sigio (connection
);
10126 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10129 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10130 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10131 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10132 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10133 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10134 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10135 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10136 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10137 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10139 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10140 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10141 x_uncatch_errors ();
10145 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10146 for debugging X code. */
10149 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10150 build_string ("synchronous"),
10151 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10153 if (STRINGP (value
)
10154 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10155 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10156 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10161 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10162 build_string ("useXIM"),
10163 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10166 if (STRINGP (value
)
10167 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10168 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10171 if (STRINGP (value
)
10172 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10173 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10179 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10180 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10182 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10183 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10191 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10192 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10195 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10197 struct terminal
*t
;
10199 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10201 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10202 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10205 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10206 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10207 x_session_close ();
10209 delete_terminal (t
);
10213 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10214 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10216 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10217 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10220 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10222 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10223 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10224 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10227 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10228 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10229 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10233 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10235 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10236 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10237 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10238 that slows us down. */
10241 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10244 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10245 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10247 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10248 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10249 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10250 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10255 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10256 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10257 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10258 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10259 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10260 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10261 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10264 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10267 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10269 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10270 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10271 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10276 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10279 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10281 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10283 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10287 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10289 x_after_update_window_line
,
10290 x_update_window_begin
,
10291 x_update_window_end
,
10293 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10294 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10295 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10296 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10297 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10298 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10299 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10300 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10301 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10302 x_clear_frame_area
,
10303 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10304 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10305 x_draw_window_divider
,
10306 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10310 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10312 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10314 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10315 int connection
= -1;
10317 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10318 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10319 if (!terminal
->name
)
10324 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10327 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10330 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10331 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10332 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10334 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10336 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10337 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10339 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10340 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10341 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10342 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10344 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10345 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10346 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10347 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10348 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10349 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10350 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10351 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10352 leaks in other situations. */
10354 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10355 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10357 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10359 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10360 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10361 closing all the displays. */
10362 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10366 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10368 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10369 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10371 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10373 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10376 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10377 if (connection
!= -1)
10378 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10380 /* Mark as dead. */
10381 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10382 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10386 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10387 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10389 static struct terminal
*
10390 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10392 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10394 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10396 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10397 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10398 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10400 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10402 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10403 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10404 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10405 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10406 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10407 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10408 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10409 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10410 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10411 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= NULL
;
10412 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10413 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10414 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10415 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10416 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10417 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10418 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10419 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10420 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10421 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10423 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10424 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10426 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10432 x_initialize (void)
10437 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10438 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10439 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10442 current_count
= -1;
10445 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10446 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10448 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10449 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10451 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10453 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10454 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10455 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10456 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10457 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10458 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10459 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10461 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10464 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10466 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10467 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10471 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10472 original error handler. */
10473 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10474 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10479 syms_of_xterm (void)
10481 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10483 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10484 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10487 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10488 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10490 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10493 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10494 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10495 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10496 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10497 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10498 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10499 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10501 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10503 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10504 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10505 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10506 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10507 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10508 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10509 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10511 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10512 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10513 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10514 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10515 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10516 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10517 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10518 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10519 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10521 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10522 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10523 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10524 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10525 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10526 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10527 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10529 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10530 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10531 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10533 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10535 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10538 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10541 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
10542 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
10543 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10544 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
10545 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10546 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
10547 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10548 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
10549 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10551 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10552 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10553 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10554 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10555 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10556 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10558 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10559 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10560 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10561 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10562 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10563 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10565 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10566 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10567 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10568 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10569 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10570 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10572 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10573 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10574 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10575 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10576 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10577 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10579 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10580 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10581 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10582 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10583 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),